blob: 3012dcdc16a4b6ac987fecb002e0140d71079893 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500204 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
205 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
206 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
207 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
208 /lib Architecture specific library files
209 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
210 /cpu CPU specific files
211 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
212 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
213 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
214 /lib Architecture specific library files
215 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
216 /cpu CPU specific files
217 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
218 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
219 /lib Architecture specific library files
220/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
221/board Board dependent files
222/common Misc architecture independent functions
223/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
224/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
225/drivers Commonly used device drivers
226/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
227/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
228/include Header Files
229/lib Files generic to all architectures
230 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
231 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
232 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
233/net Networking code
234/post Power On Self Test
235/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
236/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238Software Configuration:
239=======================
240
241Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
242rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
243
244There are two classes of configuration variables:
245
246* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
247 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
248 "CONFIG_".
249
250* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
251 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
252 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200253 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
256identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
257do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
258links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
259as an example here.
260
261
262Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
263---------------------------------------------------
264
265For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
266configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
267
268Example: For a TQM823L module type:
269
270 cd u-boot
271 make TQM823L_config
272
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200273For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000274e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
275directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
276
277
278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
416 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
417
418 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
419 according to the A004510 workaround.
420
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000421- Generic CPU options:
422 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
423
424 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
425 values is arch specific.
426
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100427- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200428 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100429
430 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
431 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
432 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200434 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200435
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100436 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
437 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200438 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100439 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200440
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200441- MIPS CPU options:
442 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
443
444 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
445 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
446 relocation.
447
448 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
449
450 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
451 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
452 Possible values are:
453 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
455 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
456 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
461
462 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
463
464 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
465 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
466
467 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
468
469 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
470 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
471 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
472
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000473- ARM options:
474 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
475
476 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
477 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
478
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
480
481 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
482 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
483 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
484 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
485 GCC.
486
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000487 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000488 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
489 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
490 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
491
492 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
493 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
494 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
495 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
496 set these options unless they apply!
497
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000498- CPU timer options:
499 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
500
501 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
502 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
503 option must be set to 1000.
504
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000505- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000506 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
507
508 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
509 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
510 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
511 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
512 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
513 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
514 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000515 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100516 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000517 default environment.
518
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000519 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
520
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200521 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000522 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
523 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
524
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400525 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200526
527 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400528 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
529 concepts).
530
531 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
532 * New libfdt-based support
533 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500534 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400535
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200536 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
537 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
538 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
539 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200540 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600541 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200542
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200543 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
544 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500545
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600546 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
547
548 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
549 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000550
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500551 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
552
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200553 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500554 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
555
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200556 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
557
558 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
559 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
560 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
561 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
562 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
563 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
564
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000565 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
566
567 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
568 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
569 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
570 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
571 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
572 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
573 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
574
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100575- vxWorks boot parameters:
576
577 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
578 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
579 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
580
581 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
582 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
583 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
584 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
585
586 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
587
588 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
589
590 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
591 the defaults discussed just above.
592
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000593- Cache Configuration:
594 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
595 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
596 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
597
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000598- Cache Configuration for ARM:
599 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
600 controller
601 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
602 controller register space
603
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000604- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200605 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000606
607 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
608
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200609 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000610
611 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
612
613 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
614
615 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
616 the clock speed of the UARTs.
617
618 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
619
620 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
621 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
622 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
623
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000624 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
625
626 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
627 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
628 this variable to initialize the extra register.
629
630 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
631
632 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
633 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
634 variable to flush the UART at init time.
635
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000636
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000637- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000638 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
639 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
640 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
641 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000642
643 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
644 port routines must be defined elsewhere
645 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
646
647 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
648 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000649 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000650 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
651 (default big endian)
652 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
653 rectangle fill
654 (cf. smiLynxEM)
655 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
656 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
657 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
658 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000659 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
660 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000661 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
662 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000663 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000664 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
665 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
666 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
667 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
668 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
669 (i.e. i8042_getc)
670 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
671 (requires blink timer
672 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200673 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000674 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
675 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500676 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000677 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
678 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000679 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
680 linux_logo.h for logo.
681 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000682 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200683 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000684 the logo
685
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000686 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
687 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
688 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
689
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000690 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
691 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
692 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000694 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
695 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
696 the "silent" environment variable. See
697 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000698
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000699- Console Baudrate:
700 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
701 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200702 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
703 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100705- Console Rx buffer length
706 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
707 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100708 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100709 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
710 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
711 the SMC.
712
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000713- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200714 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
715 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
716 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
717 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
718 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
719 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
720 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200721 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200722 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000723
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200724 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
725 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000726
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000727- Safe printf() functions
728 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
729 the printf() functions. These are defined in
730 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
731 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
732 If this option is not given then these functions will
733 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
734 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
737 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
738 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000739 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
740 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000741
742 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
743 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
744 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
745 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
746 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
747 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
748 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
749 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
750 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
751 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
752 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
753 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
754
755- Autoboot Command:
756 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
757 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
758 define a command string that is automatically executed
759 when no character is read on the console interface
760 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
761
762 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000763 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
764 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
765 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000766
767 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000768 The value of these goes into the environment as
769 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
770 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200771 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000772
773- Pre-Boot Commands:
774 CONFIG_PREBOOT
775
776 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
777 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
778 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
779 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
780 entering interactive mode.
781
782 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
783 automatically generated or modified. For an example
784 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
785 modified when the user holds down a certain
786 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
787 booting the systems
788
789- Serial Download Echo Mode:
790 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
791 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
792 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
793 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
794 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
795 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
796 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
797
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500798- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000799 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
800 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200801 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802
803- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500804 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
805 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000806 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
807 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500808 and augmenting with additional #define's
809 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500811 The default command configuration includes all commands
812 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000813
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500814 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500815 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
816 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
817 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
818 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
819 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
820 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
821 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500822 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
824 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
825 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600826 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
827 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
828 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
829 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500830 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
831 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500833 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
834 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600835 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600836 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500837 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000838 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
839 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500840 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000842 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500843 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
844 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
845 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000846 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500847 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000848 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000849 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
851 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
852 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
853 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000854 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
855 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500856 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500857 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
860 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
861 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
862 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500863 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000864 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
865 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500866 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
867 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400868 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
869 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000870 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500871 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000872 loop, loopw
873 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500874 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
875 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
876 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100877 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
879 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600880 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000881 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500882 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
883 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
884 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
885 host
886 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000887 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500888 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
889 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000890 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
892 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
893 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
894 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
895 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
896 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700897 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100898 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400899 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800900 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200901 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500902 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000904 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000905 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
906 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500907 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500908 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000909 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000910
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000911
912 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
913 support you can write:
914
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
916 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000917
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400918 Other Commands:
919 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000920
921 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500922 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000923 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
924 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
925 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
926 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
927 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
928 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000929
930
931 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
932
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +0000933- Regular expression support:
934 CONFIG_REGEX
935 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
936 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
937 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
938 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
939
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000940- Device tree:
941 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
942 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
943 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
944 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
945 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
946 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
947
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000948 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
949 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000950
951 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
952 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
953 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
954 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
955 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
956 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000957
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000958 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
959 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
960 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
961 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
962
963 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
964
965 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
966 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
967 still use the individual files if you need something more
968 exotic.
969
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000970- Watchdog:
971 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
972 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000973 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
974 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
975 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
976 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
977 available, then no further board specific code should
978 be needed to use it.
979
980 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
981 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
982 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
983 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000984
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000985- U-Boot Version:
986 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
987 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
988 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
989 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200990 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
991 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000992
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000993- Real-Time Clock:
994
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000996 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
997 following options:
998
999 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1000 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001001 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001002 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001003 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001004 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001005 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001006 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001007 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001008 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001009 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001010 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1011 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001012
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001013 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1014 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1015
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001016- GPIO Support:
1017 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1018 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1019
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001020 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1021 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1022 pins supported by a particular chip.
1023
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001024 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1025 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1026
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001027- Timestamp Support:
1028
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001029 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1030 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1031 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001032 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001033
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001034- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1035 Zero or more of the following:
1036 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1037 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1038 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1039 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1040 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1041 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1042 disk/part_efi.c
1043 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001045 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1046 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001047 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001048
1049- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001050 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1051 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001052
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001053 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1054 be performed by calling the function
1055 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1056 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001057
1058- ATAPI Support:
1059 CONFIG_ATAPI
1060
1061 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1062
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001063- LBA48 Support
1064 CONFIG_LBA48
1065
1066 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001067 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001068 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1069 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001071 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001072 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1073 Default is 32bit.
1074
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001075- SCSI Support:
1076 At the moment only there is only support for the
1077 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1078 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001080 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1081 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1082 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001083 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1084 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001085 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001086
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001087 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1088 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1089
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001090- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001091 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001092 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1093
1094 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1095 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1096 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1097 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1098
1099 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1100 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1101 example with the "sspi" command.
1102
1103 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1104 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1105 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001106
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001107 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001108 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001109
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001110 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1111 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001112 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001113 write routine for first time initialisation.
1114
1115 CONFIG_TULIP
1116 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1117 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1118 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1119
1120 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1121 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1122
1123 CONFIG_NS8382X
1124 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1125
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001126- NETWORK Support (other):
1127
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001128 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1129 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1130
1131 CONFIG_RMII
1132 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1133
1134 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1135 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1136 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1137
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001138 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1139 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1140
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001141 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001142 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1143
1144 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1145 Define this to hold the physical address
1146 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1147
1148 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1149 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1150
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001151 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001152 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1153
1154 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1155 Define this to hold the physical address
1156 of the device (I/O space)
1157
1158 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1159 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1160
1161 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1162 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1163 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1164
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001165 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1166 Support for davinci emac
1167
1168 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1169 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1170
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001171 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1172 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1173
1174 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1175 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1176 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1177 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1178 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1179 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1180 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1181 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1182
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001183 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001184 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1185
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001186 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001187 Define this to hold the physical address
1188 of the device (I/O space)
1189
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001190 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001191 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1192
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001193 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001194 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1195 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001196 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001197
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001198 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1199 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1200
1201 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1202 Define the number of ports to be used
1203
1204 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1205 Define the ETH PHY's address
1206
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001207 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1208 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1209
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001210- TPM Support:
1211 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1212 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1213 per system is supported at this time.
1214
1215 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1216 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1217 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1218 0xfed40000.
1219
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001220- USB Support:
1221 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001222 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001223 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1224 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001225 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001226 storage devices.
1227 Note:
1228 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1229 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001230 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1231 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1232 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001233 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1234 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001235 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1236 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1237 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001238 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1239 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001240 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001241 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1242 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001243
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001244 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1245 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1246
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001247- USB Device:
1248 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1249 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1250 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001251 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001252 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1253 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001254 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001255 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1256 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1257 a Linux host by
1258 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1259 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1260 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1261 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001262
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001263 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1264 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001265
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001266 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1267 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1268 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001269
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301270 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1271 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1272 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1273 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1274 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1275 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1276 speed.
1277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001278 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001279 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1280 be set to usbtty.
1281
1282 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001283 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001284 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001285 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001287 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001288 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001289 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001290
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001291 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001292 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001293 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001294 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1295 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1296 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1297
1298 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1299 Define this string as the name of your company for
1300 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001301
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001302 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1303 Define this string as the name of your product
1304 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1305
1306 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1307 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1308 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1309 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1310 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001311
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001312 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1313 Define this as the unique Product ID
1314 for your device
1315 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001316
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001317- ULPI Layer Support:
1318 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1319 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1320 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1321 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1322 viewport is supported.
1323 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1324 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001325 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1326 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1327 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001328
1329- MMC Support:
1330 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1331 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1332 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1333 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001334 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1335 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001336
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001337 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1338 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1339
1340 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1341 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1342
1343 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1344 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1345
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001346- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1347 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1348 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1349
1350 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1351 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1352 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1353 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1354 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1355
1356 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1357 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1358
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001359 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1360 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1361
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001362 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1363 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1364 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1365 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1366 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1367 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1368
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001369- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1370 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1371 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1372 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001374 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1375 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001376 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001378 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001379 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1380 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1381
1382 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001383 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001384 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1385 have not defined a custom partition
1386
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001387- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1388 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001389
1390 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1391 file in FAT formatted partition.
1392
1393 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1394 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001395
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001396CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1397 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1398
1399 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1400 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1401 and cbfsload.
1402
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001403- Keyboard Support:
1404 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1405
1406 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1407 support
1408
1409 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1410 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1411 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1412 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1413 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1414
1415- Video support:
1416 CONFIG_VIDEO
1417
1418 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1419 video).
1420
1421 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1422
1423 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1424
1425 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001426 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001427 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1428 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1429 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001430
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001431 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001432 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001433 are possible:
1434 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001435 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001436
1437 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1438 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1439 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1440 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1441 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1442 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1443 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001444 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1445
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001446 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001447 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001448
1449
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001450 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001451 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001452 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1453 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1454
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001455 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001456 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001457 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1458 support, and should also define these other macros:
1459
1460 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1461 CONFIG_VIDEO
1462 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1463 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1464 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1465 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1466 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1467 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1468
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001469 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1470 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1471 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1472 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001473
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001474 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1475
1476 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1477 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1478 driver.
1479
1480
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001481- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001482 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001483
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001484 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1485 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1486 defined in your board-specific files.
1487 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001488
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001489- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1490
1491 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1492 display); also select one of the supported displays
1493 by defining one of these:
1494
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001495 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1496
1497 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1498
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001499 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001500
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001501 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001502
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001503 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001504
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001505 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1506 Active, color, single scan.
1507
1508 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1509
1510 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001511 Active, color, single scan.
1512
1513 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1514
1515 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1516 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1517
1518 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1519
1520 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1521 Active, color, single scan.
1522
1523 CONFIG_HLD1045
1524
1525 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1526 Active, color, single scan.
1527
1528 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1529
1530 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1531 or
1532 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1533 or
1534 Hitachi SP14Q002
1535
1536 320x240. Black & white.
1537
1538 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001539 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001540
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001541 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1542
1543 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1544 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1545 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1546 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1547 a per-section basis.
1548
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001549 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1550
1551 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1552 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1553 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1554 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001555
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001556 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1557
1558 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1559
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001560 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1561
1562 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1563 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1564
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001565- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001566
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001567 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1568 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1569 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001570 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001571 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1572 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1573 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1574 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001575
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001576 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1577
1578 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1579 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1580 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1581 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1582 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1583 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1584 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1585 there is no need to set this option.
1586
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001587 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1588
1589 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1590 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1591 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1592 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1593 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1594 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1595
1596 Example:
1597 setenv splashpos m,m
1598 => image at center of screen
1599
1600 setenv splashpos 30,20
1601 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1602
1603 setenv splashpos -10,m
1604 => vertically centered image
1605 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1606
Nikita Kiryanov581bb412013-01-30 21:39:57 +00001607 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1608
1609 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1610 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1611 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1612 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1613 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1614
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001615- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1616
1617 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1618 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1619 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1620
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001621- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1622
1623 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1624 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1625 bmp command.
1626
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001627- Do compresssing for memory range:
1628 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1629
1630 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1631 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1632
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001633- Compression support:
1634 CONFIG_BZIP2
1635
1636 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1637 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1638 compressed images are supported.
1639
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001640 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001641 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001642 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001643
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001644 CONFIG_LZMA
1645
1646 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1647 images is included.
1648
1649 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1650 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1651 formula:
1652
1653 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1654
1655 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1656 and Literal pos bits.
1657
1658 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1659 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1660 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1661 a very small buffer.
1662
1663 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1664 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001665 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001666
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001667- MII/PHY support:
1668 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1669
1670 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1671
1672 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1673
1674 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1675
1676 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1677
1678 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001679 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001680
1681 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1682
1683 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1684 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1685 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1686 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1687
1688 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1689
1690 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1691 command issued before MII status register can be read
1692
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001693- Ethernet address:
1694 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001695 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001696 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1697 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001698 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1699 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001700
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001701 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1702 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001703 is not determined automatically.
1704
1705- IP address:
1706 CONFIG_IPADDR
1707
1708 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001709 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001710 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001711 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001712
1713- Server IP address:
1714 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1715
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001716 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001717 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001718 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001719
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001720 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1721
1722 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1723 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1724
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001725- Gateway IP address:
1726 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1727
1728 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1729 default router where packets to other networks are
1730 sent to.
1731 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1732
1733- Subnet mask:
1734 CONFIG_NETMASK
1735
1736 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1737 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1738 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1739 forwarded through a router.
1740 (Environment variable "netmask")
1741
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001742- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1743 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1744
1745 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1746 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001747 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001748 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1749 multicast group.
1750
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001751- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1752 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1753
1754 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1755 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1756 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1757 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1758 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1759 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1760 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1761 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001762 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001763
1764 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1765 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1766 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1767 4th and following
1768 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1769
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001770- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001771 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1772 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001773
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001774 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1775 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1776 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1777 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1778 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1779 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1780 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1781 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1782 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1783 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1784 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1785 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001786 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001787
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001788 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1789 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001790
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001791 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1792 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1793 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1794 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1795 is not available.
1796
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001797 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1798 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1799 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1800 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1801 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1802 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1803 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001804 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001805
1806 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1807 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1808 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001809 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001810 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1811 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001812
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001813 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1814
1815 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1816 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1817 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1818 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1819 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1820 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1821 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1822 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1823 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1824 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1825 this delay.
1826
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001827 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1828 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1829 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1830 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1831 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1832
1833 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1834
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001835 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001836 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001837
1838 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1839
1840 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1841
1842 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1843 of the device.
1844
1845 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1846
1847 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1848 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001849 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001850
1851 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1852
1853 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1854 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1855
1856 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1857
1858 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1859
1860 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1861
1862 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1863
1864 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1865
1866 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1867
1868 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1869
1870 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1871 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1872
1873 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1874
1875 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1876
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1878
1879 Several configurations allow to display the current
1880 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1881 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1882 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1883 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1884 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1885 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1886 feature in U-Boot.
1887
1888- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1889
1890 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1891 on those systems that support this (optional)
1892 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1893
1894- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1895
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001896 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001897 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001898 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001899
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001900 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001901 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001902 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1903 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001904 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001905
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001906 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001907
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001908 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001909 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1910 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001911
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001912 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001913 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001915 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001916 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001917 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001918 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001919
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001920 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001921 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001922 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1923 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1924 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001925
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001926 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1927
1928 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1929 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1930 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1931 commands until the slave device responds.
1932
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001933 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001934
1935 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1936 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1937 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938
1939 I2C_INIT
1940
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001941 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001942 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001943
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001944 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001945
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001946 I2C_PORT
1947
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001948 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1949 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1950 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001951
1952 I2C_ACTIVE
1953
1954 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1955 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1956 define can be null.
1957
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001958 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001960 I2C_TRISTATE
1961
1962 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1963 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1964 define can be null.
1965
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001966 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1967
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001968 I2C_READ
1969
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001970 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1971 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001972
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001973 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1974
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001975 I2C_SDA(bit)
1976
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001977 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1978 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001980 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001981 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001982 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001983
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984 I2C_SCL(bit)
1985
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001986 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1987 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001988
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001989 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001990 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001991 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001992
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001993 I2C_DELAY
1994
1995 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1996 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001997 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001998 like:
1999
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002000 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002001
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002002 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2003
2004 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2005 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2006 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2007 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2008
2009 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2010 the generic GPIO functions.
2011
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002012 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002013
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002014 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2015 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2016 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2017 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2018 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2019 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2020 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2021 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002022
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002023 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2024
2025 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2026 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2027 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2028 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2029 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2030 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2031 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2032 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2033
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002034 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2035
2036 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2037 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2038 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2039
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002040 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2041
2042 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002043 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2044 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002045 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2046
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002047 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002048
2049 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002050 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002051 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2052 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002053
2054 e.g.
2055 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002056 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002057
2058 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2059
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002060 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002061 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002062
2063 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2064
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002065 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002066
2067 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2068 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002070 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002071
2072 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2073 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2074
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002075 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002076
2077 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2078 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002080 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002081
2082 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2083 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2084 specified DTT device.
2085
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002086 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2087
2088 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002089 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002090
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002091 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2092
2093 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2094 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2095 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2096 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2097 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2098 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2099
2100 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2101 feature!
2102
2103 Example:
2104 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2105 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2106 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2107
2108 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2109
2110 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2111 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2112
2113 => i2c bus
2114 Busses reached over muxes:
2115 Bus ID: 2
2116 reached over Mux(es):
2117 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2118 Bus ID: 3
2119 reached over Mux(es):
2120 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2121 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2122 =>
2123
2124 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002125 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2126 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002127 the channel 4.
2128
2129 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002130 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002131 the 2 muxes.
2132
2133 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2134 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2135 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2136 to add this option to other architectures.
2137
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002138 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2139
2140 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2141 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2142 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2143 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2144 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2145 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2146 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002147
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002148- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2149
2150 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2151 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2152 D/As on the SACSng board)
2153
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002154 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2155
2156 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2157 only SH7757 is supported.
2158
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002159 CONFIG_SPI_X
2160
2161 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2162 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2163
2164 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2165
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002166 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2167 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2168 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2169 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2170 defined, the board configuration must define several
2171 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2172 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002173
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002174 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2175
2176 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2177 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2178 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002179 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002180 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2181
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002182 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2183
2184 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002185 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002186
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002187- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2188
2189 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2190
2191 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2192
2193 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2194 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2195
2196 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2197
2198 Enables support for FPGA family.
2199 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2200
2201 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002202
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002203 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002205 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002206
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002207 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002209 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002210
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002211 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2212 status by the configuration function. This option
2213 will require a board or device specific function to
2214 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002215
2216 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2217
2218 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2219 configuration driver.
2220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002221 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002222 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002224 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002225
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002226 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2227 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2228 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2229 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002230
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002231 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002232
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002233 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2234 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2235 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002236 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002237
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002238 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002239
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002240 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002241 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002243 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002244
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002245 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002246 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247
2248- Configuration Management:
2249 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2250
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002251 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2252 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002253
2254- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2255
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002256 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2257 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002258 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002259 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2260 protects these variables from casual modification by
2261 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2262 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002263 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002264
2265 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2266 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002267 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002268 these parameters.
2269
2270 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2271 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002272 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002273 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2274 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2275 read-only.]
2276
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002277 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2278 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2279 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2280 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2281
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002282- Protected RAM:
2283 CONFIG_PRAM
2284
2285 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2286 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2287 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2288 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2289 this default value by defining an environment
2290 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2291 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2292 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2293 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2294 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2295 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2296 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2297
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002298 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002299 saveenv
2300
2301 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2302 either, which results in a memory region that will
2303 not be affected by reboots.
2304
2305 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2306 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2307 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2308 following board configurations are known to be
2309 "pRAM-clean":
2310
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002311 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2312 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002313 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002314
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002315- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2316 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2317 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2318 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2319 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2320 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2321 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002323- Error Recovery:
2324 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2325
2326 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2327 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2328 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002329 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002330 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2331 useful during development since you can try to debug
2332 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2333
2334 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2335
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002336 This variable defines the number of retries for
2337 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2338 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2339 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002340
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002341 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2342
2343 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2344
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002345 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2346
2347 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2348 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2349 try longer timeout such as
2350 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2351
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002352- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002353 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002354
2355 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2356
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002357 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2358 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002359
2360
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002361 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002362
2363 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2364 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2365 powerful command line syntax like
2366 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2367 constructs ("shell scripts").
2368
2369 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2370 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2371
2372
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002373 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002374
2375 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2376 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2377 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2378
2379 Note:
2380
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002381 In the current implementation, the local variables
2382 space and global environment variables space are
2383 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2384 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2385 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2386 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2387 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002388
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002389 Global environment variables are those you use
2390 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2391 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2392 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393
2394 To store commands and special characters in a
2395 variable, please use double quotation marks
2396 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2397 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2398 symbols.
2399
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002400- Commandline Editing and History:
2401 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2402
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002403 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002404 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002405
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002406- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002407 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2408
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002409 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2410 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002411 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002412
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002413 For example, place something like this in your
2414 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002415
2416 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2417 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2418 "myvar2=value2\0"
2419
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002420 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2421 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2422 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2423 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002424 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002425 You better know what you are doing here.
2426
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002427 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2428 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002429 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002430 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002431
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002432 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2433
2434 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2435 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2436 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2437
2438 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2439
2440 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2441 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2445
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002446 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2447
2448 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2449 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2450 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2451
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002452 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2453
2454 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2455 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2456 that so that the environment is not available until
2457 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2458 this is instead controlled by the value of
2459 /config/load-environment.
2460
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002461- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002462 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2463
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002464 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2465 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2466 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002467
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002468- Serial Flash support
2469 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2470
2471 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2472 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2473
2474 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2475 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2476 commands.
2477
2478 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2479 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2480 flash is present on the system.
2481
2482 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2483 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2484 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2485 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2486
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002487 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2488
2489 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2490 test ('sf test').
2491
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002492- SystemACE Support:
2493 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2494
2495 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2496 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002497 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002498 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002499
2500 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002501 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002502
2503 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2504 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2505
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002506- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2507 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2508
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002509 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002510 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002511 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002512 number generator is used.
2513
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002514 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2515 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2516 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2517
2518 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002519 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2520 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2521 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2522 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2523 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2524 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2525
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002526- Hashing support:
2527 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2528
2529 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2530 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2531
2532 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2533
2534 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2535 size a little.
2536
2537 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2538 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2539
2540 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2541 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2542
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002543- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002544 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2545
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002546 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2547 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2548 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2549 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2550 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2551 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002552
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002553- Detailed boot stage timing
2554 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2555 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2556 of the boot process.
2557
2558 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2559 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2560 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2561 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2562 the limit, recording will stop.
2563
2564 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2565 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2566
2567 Timer summary in microseconds:
2568 Mark Elapsed Stage
2569 0 0 reset
2570 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2571 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2572 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2573 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2574 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2575 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2576 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2577
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002578 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2579 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2580 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2581
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002582 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2583 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2584 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2585 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2586 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2587 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2588 For example:
2589
2590 bootstage {
2591 154 {
2592 name = "board_init_f";
2593 mark = <3575678>;
2594 };
2595 170 {
2596 name = "lcd";
2597 accum = <33482>;
2598 };
2599 };
2600
2601 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2602
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002603Legacy uImage format:
2604
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002605 Arg Where When
2606 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002607 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002609 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002610 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002611 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002612 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2613 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2614 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002615 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002616 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2617 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2618 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2619 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002620 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002621 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002622
2623 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2624 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2625 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2626 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2627 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2628 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2629 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002630 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002631 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2632 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2633
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002634 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002635
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002636 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002637 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2638 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002639
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002640 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2641 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2642 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2643 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2644 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2645 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2646 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2647 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2648 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2649 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2650 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2651 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2652 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2653 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2654 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2655 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2656 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2657 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2658 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2659 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2660 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2661 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2662 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2663 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2664 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2665 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2666 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2667 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2668 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2669 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2670 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2671 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2672 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2673 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2674 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2675 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2676 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2677 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2678 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2679 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2680 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2681 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2682 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2683 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2684 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2685 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2686 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002687
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002688 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002689
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002690 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002691 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2692 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002693
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002694 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2695 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002696 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002697 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2698 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2699 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002700 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2701 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002702 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002703
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002704FIT uImage format:
2705
2706 Arg Where When
2707 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2708 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2709 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2710 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2711 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2712 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002713 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002714 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2715 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2716 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2717 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2718 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002719 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2720 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002721 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2722 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2723 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2724 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2725 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2726 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2727 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2728 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2729
2730 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2731 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2732 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002733 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002734 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2735 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2736 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2737 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2738 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2739 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2740 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2741 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2742 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2743 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2744 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2745 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2746
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002747 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002748 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2749
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002750 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002751 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2752
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002753 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002754 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2755
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002756- FIT image support:
2757 CONFIG_FIT
2758 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2759
2760 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2761 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2762 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2763 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2764 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2765 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2766
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002767- Standalone program support:
2768 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2769
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002770 This option defines a board specific value for the
2771 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2772 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002773 settings.
2774
2775- Frame Buffer Address:
2776 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2777
2778 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002779 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2780 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2781 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2782 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2783 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2784 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2785 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002786
2787 Please see board_init_f function.
2788
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002789- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2790 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2791 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2792 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2793
2794 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2795 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2796
2797- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2798 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2799
2800 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2801 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2802
2803 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2804
2805 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2806 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2807
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002808- UBI support
2809 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2810
2811 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2812 with the UBI flash translation layer
2813
2814 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2815
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002816 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2817
2818 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2819 warnings and errors enabled.
2820
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00002821- UBIFS support
2822 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2823
2824 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2825 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2826
2827 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2828
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00002829 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2830
2831 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2832 warnings and errors enabled.
2833
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002834- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002835 CONFIG_SPL
2836 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002837
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002838 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2839 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2840
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002841 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2842 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2843 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2844 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002845 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002846 must not be both defined at the same time.
2847
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002848 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002849 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2850 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2851 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2852 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002853
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002854 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2855 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002856
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002857 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2858 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2859 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2860
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002861 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2862 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2863
2864 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002865 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2866 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2867 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00002868 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00002869 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002870
2871 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2872 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2873
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002874 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2875 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2876 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2877 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2878
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002879 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2880 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2881
2882 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2883 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002884
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002885 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2886 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2887 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2888 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2889
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002890 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2891 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2892 about the running system.
2893
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002894 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2895 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2896
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002897 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2898 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002899
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002900 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2901 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002902
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002903 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2904 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002905
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002906 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2907 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002908
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002909 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2910 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002911
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002912 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2913 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2914 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2915 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2916 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2917
2918 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2919 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2920
2921 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2922 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2923
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002924 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2925 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2926 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2927 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2928 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2929
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002930 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2931 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2932 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2933
2934 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2935 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2936
2937 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2938 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2939
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002940 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002941 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2942 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002943
2944 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2945 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2946 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2947 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2948 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2949 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002950 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002951
2952 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002953 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2954
2955 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2956 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2957
2958 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2959 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002960
2961 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002962 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002963
2964 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2965 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2966 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2967
2968 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2969 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2970 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2971
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002972 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2973 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002974
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002975 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2976 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002977
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002978 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2979 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002980
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002981 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2982 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2983
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002984 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2985 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002986
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002987 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00002988 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2989 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2990 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2991 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2992 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002993
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002994 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2995 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2996 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2997 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2998
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00002999 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3000 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3001 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3002 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3003 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003005Modem Support:
3006--------------
3007
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003008[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003010- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003011 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3012
3013- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3014 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3015
3016- Modem debug support:
3017 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3018
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003019 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3020 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003021
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003022- Interrupt support (PPC):
3023
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003024 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3025 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003026 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003027 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003028 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003029 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003030 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003031 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3032 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3033 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003034
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003035- General:
3036
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003037 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3038 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3039 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003040 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003041 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3042 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3043 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003044
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003045 If there are no modem init strings in the
3046 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3047 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003048 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003049
3050 See also: doc/README.Modem
3051
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003052Board initialization settings:
3053------------------------------
3054
3055During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3056to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3057before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3058following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3059architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3060typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3061
3062- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3063- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3064- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3065- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003066
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003067Configuration Settings:
3068-----------------------
3069
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003070- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003071 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3072
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003073- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3074 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3075
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003076- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003077 prompt for user input.
3078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003081- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003082
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003083- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003084
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003085- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003086 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3087 booted
3088
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003089- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003090 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3091
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003092- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003093 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003095- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003096 If the board specific function
3097 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3098 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003099 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003101- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003102 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003103
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003104- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003105 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3106
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003107- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003108 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3109 simple memory test.
3110
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003111- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003112 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003113
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003114- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003115 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3116 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3117
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003118- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3119 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003120 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003121 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003122 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3123 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3124 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003125 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003126 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003127 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003128
3129 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3130 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3131 be touched.
3132
3133 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3134 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3135 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3136 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3137 problems.
3138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003139- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003140 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003142- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003143 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003146 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3147 Cogent motherboard)
3148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003149- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003150 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3151
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003152- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003153 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3154 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003155 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003156 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003157
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003158- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003159 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3160 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3161 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3162 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003163
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003164- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003165 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3166
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003167- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003168 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3169 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003170 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003171 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003173- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003174 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3175 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003176 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3177 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3178 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3179 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003180 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003181 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3182 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3183 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003184
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003185- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3186 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3187 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3188 is enabled.
3189
3190- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3191 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3192 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3193
3194- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3195 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3196 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003199 Max number of Flash memory banks
3200
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003201- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003202 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003204- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003205 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3206
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003207- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003208 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3209
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003210- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003211 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003213- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003214 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003216- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003217 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3218 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3219
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003220- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003221
3222 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3223 without this option such a download has to be
3224 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3225 copy from RAM to flash.
3226
3227 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3228 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003229 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3230 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003231 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003233- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003234 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003235 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3236
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003237- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003238 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3239 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003240
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003241- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3242 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3243 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3244 to the MTD layer.
3245
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003246- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003247 Use buffered writes to flash.
3248
3249- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3250 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3251 write commands.
3252
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003253- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003254 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3255 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3256 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3257 optionally available.
3258
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003259- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3260 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3261 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3262 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3263
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003264- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3265 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3266 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3267 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3268 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3269 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3270 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3271 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3272
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003273- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003274 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3275 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003276 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3277 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003278 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003279 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3280
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003281- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3282
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003283 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3284 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3285 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3286 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3287 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003288
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003289- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3290- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3291 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3292 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3293 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3294 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3295
3296 The format of the list is:
3297 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003298 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3299 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003300 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3301 list = entry[,list]
3302
3303 The type attributes are:
3304 s - String (default)
3305 d - Decimal
3306 x - Hexadecimal
3307 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3308 i - IP address
3309 m - MAC address
3310
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003311 The access attributes are:
3312 a - Any (default)
3313 r - Read-only
3314 o - Write-once
3315 c - Change-default
3316
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003317 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3318 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3319 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3320
3321 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3322 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3323 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3324 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3325 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3326 ".flags" variable.
3327
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003328- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3329 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3330 access flags.
3331
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003332- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3333 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3334 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3335 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3336 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3337 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3338 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3339 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3340 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3341
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003342- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3343 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3344 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3345 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3346 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3347
3348
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003349The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3350of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3351following configurations:
3352
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003353- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3354
3355 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3356 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003358- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003359
3360 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3361
3362 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3363 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3364 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3365 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3366 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3367 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3368 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3369 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3370 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3371 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3372 between U-Boot and the environment.
3373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003374 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003375
3376 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3377 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3378 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3379 for this sector is given here.
3380
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003381 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003383 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003384
3385 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3386 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003387 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003388
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003389 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003390
3391 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3392
3393
3394 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3395 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3396 the environment.
3397
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003398 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003400 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003401 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003402 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3403 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3404
3405 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3406 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3407 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3408 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3409 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3410 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3411 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3412 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3413 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3414
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003415 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3416 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003418 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003419 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003420 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003421 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003422
3423BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3424source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3425accordingly!
3426
3427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003428- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003429
3430 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3431 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3432 environment.
3433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003434 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3435 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003436
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003437 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003438 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3439 can just be read and written to, without any special
3440 provision.
3441
3442BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3443in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003444console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445U-Boot will hang.
3446
3447Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3448environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3449keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3450to save the current settings.
3451
3452
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003453- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003454
3455 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3456 device and a driver for it.
3457
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003458 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3459 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003460
3461 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3462 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3463
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003464 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003465 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3466 The default address is zero.
3467
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003468 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003469 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3470 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3471 would require six bits.
3472
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003473 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003474 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003475 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003477 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003478 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3479 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003481 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003482 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3483 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3484 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3485 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3486 byte chips.
3487
3488 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3489 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3490 in the chip address.
3491
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003492 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3494
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003495 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3496 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3497 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3498
3499 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3500 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3501 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3502 EEPROM. For example:
3503
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003504 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003505
3506 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3507 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003509- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003510
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003511 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003512 want to use for the environment.
3513
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003514 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3515 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3516 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003517
3518 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3519 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3520 at the specified address.
3521
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003522- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3523
3524 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3525 want to use for the local device's environment.
3526
3527 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3528 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3529
3530 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3531 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3532 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003533 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003534
3535BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3536"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003537environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3538but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003539
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003540- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003541
3542 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3543 for the environment.
3544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003545 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3546 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003547
3548 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003549 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3550 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003551
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003552 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003554 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003555 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3556 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003557 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003558 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003559
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003560 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3561
3562 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3563 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3564 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3565 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3566 the range to be avoided.
3567
3568 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3569
3570 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3571 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3572 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3573 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3574 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003575
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003576- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3577
3578 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3579 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3580 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3581
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003582- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3583
3584 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3585 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3586 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3587
3588 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3589
3590 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3591
3592 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3593
3594 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3595 environment in.
3596
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003597 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3598
3599 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3600 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3601 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3602
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003603 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3604 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3605
3606 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3607 when storing the env in UBI.
3608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003609- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610
3611 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3612 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3613 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3614 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3615 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3616 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3617 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3618
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003619Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003620has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003621created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003622until then to read environment variables.
3623
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003624The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3625is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3626with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3627necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3628"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3629have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003630
3631Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3632the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003633use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003634
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003635- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003636 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003638 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003639 also needs to be defined.
3640
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003641- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003642 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003644- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3645 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3646 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3647 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3648 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3649 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3650
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003651- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3652 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3653 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3654 to do this.
3655
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003656- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3657 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3658 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3659 present.
3660
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003661Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003662---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003663
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003664- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003665 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3666
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003667- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003668 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003669
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003670 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3671 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3672 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003674- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3675 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3676 PowerPC SOCs.
3677
3678- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3679 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3680 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3681
3682 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3683 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3684
3685- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3686 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3687 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003688 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003689 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3690 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3691 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3692
3693 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3694 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3695
3696- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003697 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3698 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003699 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3700 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3701
3702- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3703 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3704 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3705 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3706
3707- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3708 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3709 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3710
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003711- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003712 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003713
3714 the default drive number (default value 0)
3715
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003716 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003717
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003718 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003719 (default value 1)
3720
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003721 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003722
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003723 defines the offset of register from address. It
3724 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003725 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003726
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003727 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3728 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003729 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003730
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003731 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003732 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3733 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3734 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3735 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003736
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003737- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3738 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3739 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3740 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3741 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3742 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3743 is requierd.
3744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003745- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003746 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003747 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003749- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003750
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003751 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003752 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3753 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3754 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3755 will become available only after programming the
3756 memory controller and running certain initialization
3757 sequences.
3758
3759 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3760 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3761 - MPC824X: data cache
3762 - PPC4xx: data cache
3763
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003764- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003765
3766 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003767 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3768 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003769 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003770 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003771 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3772 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3773 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003774
3775 Note:
3776 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3777 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003778 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3780 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3781
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003782- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003783
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003784- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003785
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003786- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003788- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003789
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003790- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003792- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003794- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795 SDRAM timing
3796
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003797- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003798 periodic timer for refresh
3799
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003800- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003802- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3803 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3804 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3805 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3807
3808- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003809 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3810 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3812
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003813- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3814 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003815 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3816 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003818- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3820 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003822- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003823 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3824 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3825
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003826- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003827 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3828 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3829
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003830- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003831 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3832 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3833 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3834
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003835- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003836 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3837 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3838 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3839 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003840
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003841- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3842 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3843 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3844 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3845 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3846 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3847 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3848 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003849 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003850
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003851- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3852 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3853 required.
3854
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003855- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3856 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3857 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3858 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3859 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3860 by coreboot or similar.
3861
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003862- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3863 Chip has SRIO or not
3864
3865- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3866 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3867
3868- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3869 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3870
3871- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3872 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3873
3874- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3875 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3876
3877- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3878 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3879
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003880- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3881 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3882 a 16 bit bus.
3883 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003884 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00003885 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00003886 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003887
3888- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3889 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3890 a default value will be used.
3891
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003892- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003893 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3894 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3895
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003896 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3897 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3898
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003899- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003900 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3901 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3902 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003903
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003904- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3905 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3906 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3907 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3908 header files or board specific files.
3909
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003910- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3911 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3912
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003913- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003914 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3915 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003916
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003917- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3918 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3919
3920- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3921 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003922 to the given FEC; i. e.
3923 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003924 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3925
3926 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3927
3928- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3929 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3930 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3931
3932- CONFIG_RMII
3933 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3934 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3935 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3936
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003937- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3938 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3939 The syntax is:
3940
3941 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3942
3943 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3944 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3945 area should have.
3946
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003947- CONFIG_LOOPW
3948 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003949 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003950
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003951- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3952 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3953 "md/mw" commands.
3954 Examples:
3955
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003956 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003957 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3958
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003959 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003960 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3961
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003962 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003963 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003964
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003965- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003966 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003967 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3968 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3969 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003970
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003971 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3972 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3973 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3974 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003975
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003976- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003977 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3978 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3979 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003980
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003981- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3982 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3983 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3984 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3985 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3986 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3987 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3988 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3989
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003990- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3991 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3992 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3993 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3994 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3995
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003996- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3997 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3998 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003999
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004000- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4001 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4002
4003 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004004
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004005Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4006-----------------------------------
4007
4008The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4009loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4010This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4011are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4012within that device.
4013
4014- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4015 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4016 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4017 is also specified.
4018
4019- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4020 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4021 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4022 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4023 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4024
4025- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4026 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4027 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4028 virtual address in NOR flash.
4029
4030- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4031 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4032 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4033
4034- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4035 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4036 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4037
4038- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4039 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4040 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4041
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004042- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4043 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4044 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004045 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4046 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4047 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004048
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004049Building the Software:
4050======================
4051
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004052Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4053and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4054all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4055(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4056recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4057which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004058
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004059If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4060have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4061you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4062Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4063necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004064
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004065 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4066 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004067
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004068Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4069 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4070 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4071 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4072
4073 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4074
4075 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4076 be executed on computers running Windows.
4077
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004078U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4079sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004080is done by typing:
4081
4082 make NAME_config
4083
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004084where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004085rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004087Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4088 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4089 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4090 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004091 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004092
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004093 make TQM823L_config
4094 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004096 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4097 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004099 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004100
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4103images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004104
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004105- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4106- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4107- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004108
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004109By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4110in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4111this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4112
41131. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4114
4115 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4116 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4117 make O=/tmp/build all
4118
41192. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4120
4121 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4122 make distclean
4123 make NAME_config
4124 make all
4125
4126Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4127variable.
4128
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004130Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4131for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4132native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004133
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004135If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4136to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4137steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004138
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000041391. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004140 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4141 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000041422. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4143 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4144 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
41453. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4146 your board
41473. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4148 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
41494. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
41505. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4151 to be installed on your target system.
41526. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4153 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004154
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004156Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4157==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004159If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4160or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004161provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4162the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004163official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004165But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4166cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4168just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004169for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4170select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4171environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4172you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004174 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004176or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004178 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004180When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4181U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4182setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4183built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4184<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4185location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4186variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004187
4188 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4189 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4190 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4191
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004192With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4193log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4194during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004195
4196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200Monitor Commands - Overview:
4201============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004203go - start application at address 'addr'
4204run - run commands in an environment variable
4205bootm - boot application image from memory
4206bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004207bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004208tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4209 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4210 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004211tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004212rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4213diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4214loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4215loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4216md - memory display
4217mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4218nm - memory modify (constant address)
4219mw - memory write (fill)
4220cp - memory copy
4221cmp - memory compare
4222crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004223i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004224sspi - SPI utility commands
4225base - print or set address offset
4226printenv- print environment variables
4227setenv - set environment variables
4228saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4229protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4230erase - erase FLASH memory
4231flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004232nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004233bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4234iminfo - print header information for application image
4235coninfo - print console devices and informations
4236ide - IDE sub-system
4237loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004238loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004239mtest - simple RAM test
4240icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4241dcache - enable or disable data cache
4242reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4243echo - echo args to console
4244version - print monitor version
4245help - print online help
4246? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004247
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004249Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4250========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004252TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004254For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004255
4256
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004257Environment Variables:
4258======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004260U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4261can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004263Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4264"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4265without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4266environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4267working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4268environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004269
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004270Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4271
4272List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004275
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004276 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004278 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004279
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004280 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004282 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004283
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004284 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4285 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4286 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4287 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4288 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4289 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004290 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4291 bootm_mapsize.
4292
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004293 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004294 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4295 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4296 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4297 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4298 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4299 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004300
4301 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4302 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4303 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4304 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4305 environment variable.
4306
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004307 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4308 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4309 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004311 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4312 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4313 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4314 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004316 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4317 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4318 be automatically started (by internally calling
4319 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004321 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4322 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4323 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4324 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4325 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004326
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004327 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4328 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004329 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4330 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4331 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4332 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4333 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4334 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4335 access it during the boot procedure.
4336
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004337 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4338 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4339 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4340 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4341 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4342 must be accessible by the kernel.
4343
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004344 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4345 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4346 defined.
4347
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004348 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4349 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4350 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4351 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4352 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4353
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004354 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4355 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4356 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4357 is usually what you want since it allows for
4358 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4359 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004360 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004361 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4362 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4363 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4364 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004366 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4367 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4368 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4369 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4370 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4371 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004372
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004373 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004375 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4376 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4377 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4378 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4379 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4380 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4381 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004383 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004384
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004385 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4386 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004387
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004388 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004390 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004392 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004394 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004397
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004398 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004399
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004400 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4401 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004403 => setenv ethact FEC
4404 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4405 => setenv ethact SCC
4406 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004408 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4409 available network interfaces.
4410 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4411
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004412 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004413 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4414 When set to "once" the network operation will
4415 fail when all the available network interfaces
4416 are tried once without success.
4417 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4418 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004419
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004420 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004421
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004422 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004423 UDP source port.
4424
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004425 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4426 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4427
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004428 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4429 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4430
4431 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4432 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4433 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4434 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4435 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4436 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4437 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4438
4439 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004440 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004441 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004442
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004443The following image location variables contain the location of images
4444used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4445not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4446variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4447server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4448loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4449flash or offset in NAND flash.
4450
4451*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4452boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4453boards use these variables for other purposes.
4454
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004455Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4456----- --------- ----------- --------------
4457u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4458Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4459device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4460ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004462The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4463updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4464depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004466 bootfile - see above
4467 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4468 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4469 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4470 hostname - Target hostname
4471 ipaddr - see above
4472 netmask - Subnet Mask
4473 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4474 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004475
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004476
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004477There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004479 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4480 as type string and/or serial number
4481 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4484the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4485once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004486
4487
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004488Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4491 with the "version" command. This variable is
4492 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004493
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004494
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004495Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4496only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004498
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004499Callback functions for environment variables:
4500---------------------------------------------
4501
4502For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4503when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4504be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4505deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4506effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4507
4508The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4509U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4510
4511These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4512static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4513in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4514associations. The list must be in the following format:
4515
4516 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4517 list = entry[,list]
4518
4519If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4520Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4521
4522Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4523with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4524override any association in the static list. You can define
4525CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4526".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4527
4528
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529Command Line Parsing:
4530=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004532There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4533the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535Old, simple command line parser:
4536--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004538- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4539- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004540- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4542 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004543 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004544- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4545 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547Hush shell:
4548-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004550- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4551 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4552 until...do...done, ...
4553- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4554 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4555 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4556 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004557
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004558General rules:
4559--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4562 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4563 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4564 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004565
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004566(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004567 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4569 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4572=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004573
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004574Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004575such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4576"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004578Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4579MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4580"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004582If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4583in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4584ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4585variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4588 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004590o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4591 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4592 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004594o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4595 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004596
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004597o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4598 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4599 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004600
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004601o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4602 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004604If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004605will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004606may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4607The naming convention is as follows:
4608"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004610Image Formats:
4611==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004612
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004613U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4614images in two formats:
4615
4616New uImage format (FIT)
4617-----------------------
4618
4619Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4620to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4621components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4622SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4623
4624
4625Old uImage format
4626-----------------
4627
4628Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4629preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4630details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004631
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004632* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4633 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004634 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4635 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4636 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004637* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004638 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4639 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004640* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4641* Load Address
4642* Entry Point
4643* Image Name
4644* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004646The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4647and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4648CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004650
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004651Linux Support:
4652==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004654Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4655easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4656U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004657
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004658U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4659special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4660"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4661instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4662serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004663
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004664- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4665 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4666 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4669 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4672 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4673 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4674 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4675 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4676 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004677
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004679Linux HOWTO:
4680============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004682Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4683---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4686configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4687(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4688Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004690But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4693include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004694Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4695and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004696as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004697
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699Configuring the Linux kernel:
4700-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004702No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4703device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004704
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004706Building a Linux Image:
4707-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004708
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004709With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4710not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4711"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4712U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4713which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4714100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004718 make TQM850L_config
4719 make oldconfig
4720 make dep
4721 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004722
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004723The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4724encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4725CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4732 -R .note -R .comment \
4733 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004736
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004737 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004739* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4742 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4743 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004744
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4747with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4748combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4749byte header containing information about target architecture,
4750operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4751stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4754print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004755
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004756In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4757contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4758checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004759
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004760 tools/mkimage -l image
4761 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004762
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4764from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004765
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004766 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4767 -n name -d data_file image
4768 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4769 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4770 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4771 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4772 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4773 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4774 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4775 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004776
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004777Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4778address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4779kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004780
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004781- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4782- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4787 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004788 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4790 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4791 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4792 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4793 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4794 Load Address: 0x00000000
4795 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004797To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4800 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4801 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4802 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4803 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4804 Load Address: 0x00000000
4805 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4808speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4809needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4810need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004811
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004812 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004813 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4814 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004815 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4817 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4818 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4819 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4820 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4821 Load Address: 0x00000000
4822 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004824
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004825Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4826when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4829 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4830 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4831 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4832 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4833 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4834 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4835 Load Address: 0x00000000
4836 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004837
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004839Installing a Linux Image:
4840-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004842To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4843you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004845 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4848image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4849address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4850specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4851command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004852
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004853Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4854TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858 .......... done
4859 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004861 => loads 40100000
4862 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4863 ~>examples/image.srec
4864 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4865 ...
4866 15989 15990 15991 15992
4867 [file transfer complete]
4868 [connected]
4869 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004870
4871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004873this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004878 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4879 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4880 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4881 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4882 Load Address: 00000000
4883 Entry Point: 0000000c
4884 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004885
4886
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004887Boot Linux:
4888-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004890The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4891memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4892of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4893parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4894"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004895
4896
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004897 => printenv bootargs
4898 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004901
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004902 => printenv bootargs
4903 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905 => bootm 40020000
4906 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4907 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4908 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4909 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4910 Load Address: 00000000
4911 Entry Point: 0000000c
4912 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4913 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4914 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4915 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4916 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4917 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4918 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4919 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004921If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004922the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4923format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004924
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004925 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004927 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4928 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4929 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4930 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4931 Load Address: 00000000
4932 Entry Point: 0000000c
4933 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004934
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004935 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4936 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4937 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4938 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4939 Load Address: 00000000
4940 Entry Point: 00000000
4941 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4944 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4945 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4946 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4947 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4948 Load Address: 00000000
4949 Entry Point: 0000000c
4950 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4951 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4952 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4953 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4954 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4955 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4956 Load Address: 00000000
4957 Entry Point: 00000000
4958 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4959 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4960 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4961 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4962 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4963 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4964 ...
4965 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4966 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004970Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4971-----------
4972
4973First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4974titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4975following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4976flat device tree:
4977
4978=> print oftaddr
4979oftaddr=0x300000
4980=> print oft
4981oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4982=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4983Speed: 1000, full duplex
4984Using TSEC0 device
4985TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4986Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4987Load address: 0x300000
4988Loading: #
4989done
4990Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4991=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4992Speed: 1000, full duplex
4993Using TSEC0 device
4994TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4995Filename 'uImage'.
4996Load address: 0x200000
4997Loading:############
4998done
4999Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5000=> print loadaddr
5001loadaddr=200000
5002=> print oftaddr
5003oftaddr=0x300000
5004=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5005## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005006 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5007 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5008 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005009 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005010 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005011 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5012 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5013Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5014Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5015Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5016[snip]
5017
5018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005019More About U-Boot Image Types:
5020------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005024 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5025 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5026 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5027 the Standalone Program.
5028 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5029 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5030 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5031 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5032 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5033 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5034 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5035 being started.
5036 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5037 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5038 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5039 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5040 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5041 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005042
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005043 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5044 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5045 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5046 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5047 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5048 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005049
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005050 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5051 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5052 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005053
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005054 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5055 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5056 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5057 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005058
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005059Booting the Linux zImage:
5060-------------------------
5061
5062On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5063using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5064as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5065
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005066Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005067kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5068address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5069format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5070
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005072Standalone HOWTO:
5073=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5076run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5077U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081"Hello World" Demo:
5082-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005084'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5085application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5086It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5087like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 => loads
5090 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5091 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5092 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5093 [file transfer complete]
5094 [connected]
5095 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005096
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005097 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5098 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5099 Hello World
5100 argc = 7
5101 argv[0] = "40004"
5102 argv[1] = "Hello"
5103 argv[2] = "World!"
5104 argv[3] = "This"
5105 argv[4] = "is"
5106 argv[5] = "a"
5107 argv[6] = "test."
5108 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5109 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005112
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005113Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5114handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5115Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5116The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5117character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5118controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005120 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5121 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5122 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5123 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125 => loads
5126 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5127 ~>examples/timer.srec
5128 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5129 [file transfer complete]
5130 [connected]
5131 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133 => go 40004
5134 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5135 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5136 Using timer 1
5137 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005138
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005139Hit 'b':
5140 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5141 Enabling timer
5142Hit '?':
5143 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5144 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5145Hit '?':
5146 [q, b, e, ?] .
5147 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5148Hit '?':
5149 [q, b, e, ?] .
5150 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5151Hit '?':
5152 [q, b, e, ?] .
5153 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5154Hit 'e':
5155 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5156Hit 'q':
5157 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005158
5159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160Minicom warning:
5161================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5164"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5165consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5166Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5167especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005168use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5169http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5170for help with kermit.
5171
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005173Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5174configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005176 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5177 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5178 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005179
5180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005181NetBSD Notes:
5182=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005183
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005184Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5185(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5188NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5189need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5190Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5191attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5192missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5195 # mkdir powerpc
5196 # ln -s powerpc machine
5197 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5198 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5201and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5204stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5205proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5206tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005207meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
5209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210Implementation Internals:
5211=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5214implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5215inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5216hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005217
5218
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005219Initial Stack, Global Data:
5220---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005222The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5223starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5224system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5225This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5226is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5227at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5228options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5229models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5230MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5231locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005232
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005233 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005234 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5237 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5238 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5239 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005241 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5242 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5243 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5244 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5245 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005246 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5248 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005249
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005250 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5251 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005252 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5254 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5255 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5256 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005257
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005258 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5260 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005261 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005262 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5263 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5264 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5265 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5266 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268 -Chris Hallinan
5269 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5272code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005274* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5275 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005276
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005277* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5279 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5282 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5285normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5286turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5287simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5288functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5289functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5290the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5291place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5292reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005293
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005294When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5295relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5296GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5299 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005300 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5302 R5-R10: parameter passing
5303 R13: small data area pointer
5304 R30: GOT pointer
5305 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005306
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005307 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5308 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5309 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005311 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5314 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5315 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5316 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5317 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5318 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005319
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005320On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005321 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5322
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005323 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327 R0: function argument word/integer result
5328 R1-R3: function argument word
5329 R9: GOT pointer
5330 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5331 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5332 R12: temporary workspace
5333 R13: stack pointer
5334 R14: link register
5335 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005337 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005339On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5340 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5341
5342 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5343
5344 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5345 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5346
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005347On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5348
5349 R0-R1: argument/return
5350 R2-R5: argument
5351 R15: temporary register for assembler
5352 R16: trampoline register
5353 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5354 R29: global pointer (GP)
5355 R30: link register (LP)
5356 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5357 PC: program counter (PC)
5358
5359 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5360
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005361NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5362or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005364Memory Management:
5365------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005367U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5368MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5371controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5372memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5373physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005374
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005375U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5376TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5377booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5378to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005379memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005380configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5381Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005382
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005383Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5384of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5387this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005388
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005389 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5390 :
5391 0x0000 1FFF
5392 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5393 :
5394 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005396 :
5397 :
5398 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5399 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5400 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5401 :
5402 0x00FD FFFF
5403 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5404 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5405 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5406 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005407
5408
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005409System Initialization:
5410----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005413(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5415To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5416To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5417initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5418which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5419part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5420the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5423preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5424(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5425on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5426programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5427simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5428banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005429
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005430When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5431different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5432bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
54330x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5434contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005436Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5437and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5438Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5439pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005440
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005441Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5442until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5443running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5444new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005445
5446
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005447U-Boot Porting Guide:
5448----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005450[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5451list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005452
5453
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005454int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005455{
5456 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005457
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005458 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5459 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005461 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005462 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005463 return 0;
5464 }
5465
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005466 Download latest U-Boot source;
5467
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005468 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005470 if (clueless)
5471 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005472
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005473 while (learning) {
5474 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005475 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5476 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005477 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005478 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005479 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005480
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005481 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5482 Buy a BDI3000;
5483 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005484 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005485
5486 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5487 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5488 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5489 } else {
5490 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5491 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005492 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005493 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5494 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005495
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005496 while (!accepted) {
5497 while (!running) {
5498 do {
5499 Add / modify source code;
5500 } until (compiles);
5501 Debug;
5502 if (clueless)
5503 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5504 }
5505 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5506 if (reasonable critiques)
5507 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5508 else
5509 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005511
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005512 return 0;
5513}
5514
5515void no_more_time (int sig)
5516{
5517 hire_a_guru();
5518}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005519
5520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521Coding Standards:
5522-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005525coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005526"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005527
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005528Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5529MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5530reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5531sources.
5532
5533Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5534Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5535in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536
5537Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5538- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005539- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005540- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005541- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005542- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5543
5544Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5545with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005546
5547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005548Submitting Patches:
5549-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5552establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5553may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005554
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005555Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005556
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005557Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5558see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005560When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5561it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005562
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005563* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5564 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5565 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005567* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5568 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005569
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005570* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5571
5572* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5573
5574* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005575 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005576
5577* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5578 document these in the README file.
5579
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005580* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5581 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005582 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005583 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5584 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005585
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005586 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5587 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5588 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005590 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5591 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5592 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5593 affected files).
5594
5595 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5596 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005597
5598* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5599 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5600
5601* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5602 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5603
5604
5605Notes:
5606
5607* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5608 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5609 for any of the boards.
5610
5611* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5612 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5613 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5614
5615* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5616 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5617 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5618 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5619 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5620 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005621
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005622* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5623 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5624 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5625 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.